Fujitsu ARXA45GBLH Installation Manual
PDF
Document
Advertisement
Advertisement
ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺑﻲ( ﻋﺭﺑﻲ TM ﻟﻣﻭﻅﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﻳﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ. ARXA24GBLH ARXA30GBLH ARXA36GBLH ARXA45GBLH ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻠﺻﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﻥ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﺳﻝ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻊ. ﺻﻧﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺑﻳﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﻑ 9373385202-02 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:03 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd 1 ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﻑ 9373385202-02 ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ) VRFﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺑﻲ( ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ،ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻫﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ،ﻗﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺿﺭﺭ ﺷﺧﺻﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺕ. ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﺑﻌﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺗﻛﻳﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء. ﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺗﻛﻳﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﺗﻛﻳﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺑﻧﻔﺳﻙ. ﺕﺍﻱﻭﺕﺡﻡﻝﺍ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻓﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻟﺩﻳﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻫﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻣﻭﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ. .1 ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ1................................................................................................................... ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻣﻭﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻ ﱢﻧﻊ. .2 ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ 1................................................................................................................ .1.2ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ 1............................................................................... R410A .2.2ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟـ 1.................................................................................................R410A .3.2ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ 2.................................................................................................................... .4.2ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ2.......................................................................................................... ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﺟﺯ ًء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﺄﻟﻑ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻛﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء .ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻ ﱢﻧﻊ. .3 ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ3..................................................................................................................... .1.3ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ3....................................................................................................... .2.3ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ 3............................................................................................................... .3.3ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ3............................................................................................................... .4 ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ5................................................................................................................... .1.4ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ5....................................................................................................... .2.4ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ 5.......................................................................................................... .3.4ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ )ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ( 5............................................................................................ .4.4ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ6.................................................................................................... .5 ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ 6.......................................................................................................... .6 ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ 8................................................................................................................ .1.6ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ8........................................................................................................... .2.6ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ 9.................................................................................................... .3.6ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ 9...................................................................................................... .4.6ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ 10.......................................................................................................... .5.6ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ )ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ(11 .............................................................. .6.6ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ( 13.................................................................................... .7.6ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ) IRﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ(13..................................................................................... .8.6ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ )ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ(14................................................................................ .7 ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ 14..................................................................................................................... .1.7ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ14.............................................................................................................. .2.7ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ 15..................................................................................................... .3.7ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ 15..................................................................................................... .4.7ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ 16............................................................................................................. .8 ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻱ16............................................................................................................... .1.8ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ )ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ( 16......................................................... .2.8ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ16......................................................................... .9 ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺣﺹ16..................................................................................................................... ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﻁ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻣﺣﻣﻲ ﺑﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺑﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ 3ﻣﻡ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ. ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﺧﻁ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻓﺭﻗﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ. ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻭﺍء ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ. ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ .ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ .ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ،ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺭ 5ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ. ﻻ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ .ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻭﻅﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ. ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺭ ﻣﻭﻅﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﺄﻥ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ. .2ﻧﺑﺫﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ .1.2ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ A014R ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﻻ ﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ،ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌًﺎ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﻛﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ،ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻧﻘﺹ ﺍﻷﻛﺳﺟﻳﻥ. ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ .ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻠﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺻﻘﻳﻊ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﻼء ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﻣﺳﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻟﻠﻬﺏ ،ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺳﺎﻡ. .2.2ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟـ A014R .10ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ17...................................................................................................................... ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ .1ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ، R410Aﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻭﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﺧﺻﻳﺻًﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ .R410A ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ R410Aﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ 1.6ﻣﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ،R22ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﻣﺯﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ. ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ. ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ • ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺗﻌﻠﻕ ﺑﺳﻼﻣﺗﻙ .ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻋﻬﺎ. • ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻳﻝ. ﺍﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ،ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ. ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ،ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻫﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ،ﻗﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ. ﺍﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺯﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺹ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻳﺧﺎﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ،ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺑﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺷﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺩﺍﺩ ) (R22ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻱ .ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺧﻠﻁ ﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ،ﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻗﻁﺭ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ. ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺷﻌﺏ ﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻊ -0.1ﺇﻟﻰ 5.3 ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﺳﻛﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ -0.1ﺇﻟﻰ 3.8ﻣﻳﺟﺎﺑﺎﺳﻛﺎﻝ. ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ،ﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﻭﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ. ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ ) (R22ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ. ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺩﻓﻕ ﻋﻛﺳﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ .ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺯﻳﺕ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻍ ﺑﻘﻳﻣﺔ -100.7ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺑﺎﺳﻛﺎﻝ ) 5ﻁﻥ -755 ,ﻣﻡ ﺯﺋﺑﻕ(. ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ R410Aﻣﻥ .HFC ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ،ﻓﻌﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﻣﺳﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻟﻠﻬﺏ ،ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺳﺎﻡ. ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﺧﻭﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ. ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ ،ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍ ﻟﺩ ﺍ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃ ﺛﻧﺎ ء ﺍ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ .ﺳﻭ ﻑ ﻳﺅ ﺩ ﻱ ﺫ ﻟﻙ ﺇ ﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍ ﻟﺿﺎ ﻏﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻹ ﺿﺎ ﻓﺔ ﺇ ﻟﻰ ﺗﺳﺭ ﻳﺏ ﺍ ﻟﻣﻳﺎ ﻩ . ﻗﻡ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻁﻊ. ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ. ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ،ﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻣﻳﺔ. Ar-1 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:03 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:1 .4.2ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ .3.2ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻠﻧﺷﺔ ﻣﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻠﻧﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺩﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ. ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻ ﱢﻧﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻭﻓﺔ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﻘﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻧﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯUTD–SF045T (P/N 9098180007) : 40ﻣﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ .ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ. ﺍﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺑﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ. 206ﻣﻡ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ. ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ 1,063ﻣﻡ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ 1 ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻧﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺩﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯUTD–RF204 (P/N 9093160004) : ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ )ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ( 1 ﻗ ﻗ ﻗﻁﺭ 205ﻣﻡ ﻁﺭ 5 ﻁﺭ 5 ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ )ﻛﺑﻳﺭ( ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ )ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻭﺻﻐﻳﺭ( ﻭﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ 23ﻣﻡ 5 85ﻣﻡ ﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ )ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ( ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﻁﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯUTD–LF25NA (P/N 9079892004) : 3 ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ )ﺻﻐﻳﺭ( ﻗﻁﺭ 195ﻣﻡ 22ﻣﻡ 239ﻣﻡ ﻟﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ )ﺻﻐﻳﺭ( 1 507ﻣﻡ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ )ﻛﺑﻳﺭ( ﻟﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ )ﻛﺑﻳﺭ( ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ 1 UTY-XWZXZC ﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ )ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ (CNB01 / UTY-XWZXZB ﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ )ﻁﺭﻑ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ (CNA01 / UTY-XWZXZD ﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ )ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ (CNA02 / UTY-XWZXZ7 ﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻣﻭﺳﺗﺎﺕ )ﻁﺭﻑ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ (CNA03 / UTY-XWZXZE ﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻣﻭﺳﺗﺎﺕ )ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ (CNA04 / ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ UTY-XSZX ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ IR UTB-*WC ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ. ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ UTZ-PX1NBA ﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻘﻑ ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ A )ﻓﻠﻧﺷﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ( ﻁﻘﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ 4 ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ B )ﻓﻠﻧﺷﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ( 4 ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ،ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ. ﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻘﻑ ﺧﻁﺎﻑ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ 4 ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺻﺭﻑ ﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ) VP25ﻗﻁﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ,32ﻗﻁﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ (25 1 ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ 1 ﻳﻌﺯﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻭﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ 2 Ar-2 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:03 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:2 .3ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ )ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ :ﻣﻡ( ]ﻣﻧﻅﺭ ﻋﻠﻭﻱ[ 500ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻫﻭﺍء ﻳﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﺎﻣًﺎ ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻌﺏ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ. 100 500ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ .1.3ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻼﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻘﻭﻁ. ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ 300ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻫﻭﺍء ﻻ ﺗﺭﻛﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: • ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﻣﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻊ ،ﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﺎﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ. ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ،ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ. • ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻣﻠﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﺯﻳﺕ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻁﺎﻳﺭ ،ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﺦ. ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ،ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ. • ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺗﻧﺑﻌﺙ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺗﺅﺛﺭ ﺳﻠﺑًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ،ﻣﺛﻝ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺑﺭﻳﺗﻲ ،ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻣﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻠﻭﻳﺔ. ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺂﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻭﻣﺔ ،ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ. • ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻼﺷﺗﻌﺎﻝ ،ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﻛﺭﺑﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻼﺷﺗﻌﺎﻝ ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻣﺗﻁﺎﻳﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺭﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﻼء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺯﻳﻥ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻘﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ،ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. • ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺑﻭﻝ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻭﻧﻳﺎ. )ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ :ﻣﻡ( ﻫﻭﺍء ]ﻣﻧﻅﺭ ﻋﻠﻭﻱ[ 1,550ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ 100 500ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ،ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻳﺔ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺩﻧﻲ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ. ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺭﻛﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻼﺷﺗﻌﺎﻝ. ﻫﻭﺍء ﻻ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺧﻁﺭ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻼﺷﺗﻌﺎﻝ. 300ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺩ 1ﻣﺗﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻳﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ .ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻳﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ. )ﺣﺗﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ 1ﻣﺗﺭ ،ﻓﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ(. .3.3ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﺏ ﺃﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ 10ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ،ﺍﺗﺧﺫ ﺇﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ. ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ: ) (1ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻭﻱ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻔﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ. ) (2ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﻓﺫ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ،ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﺣﺎء ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺗﻛﻳﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻪ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺣﻣﻝ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ 5ﺃﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻗﻭﻳًﺎ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻔﻲ ،ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﺳﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ،ﻓﻬﻧﺎﻙ ﺧﻁﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻔﻛﻭﻛﺔ .ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ. ) (3ﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﻛﻳﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء. ) (4ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻧﻪ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﺣﺎء ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ. ) (5ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ (RBﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ. .1.3.3 ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﻁﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ. ) (6ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﻣﻧﻪ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻼﺕ. ) (7ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﻣﻧﻪ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ. )ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ( ) (8ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺗﺿﺧﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ. ) (9ﺧﺫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ. ) (10ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻘﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ. 740ﻣﻡ ) (11ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ,80%ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺛﻑ. 477ﻣﻡ .2.3ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ • ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ. 1,177ﻣﻡ ﻫﻭﺍء 1,135ﻣﻡ ﻫﻭﺍء 150ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ *1 400ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ * 400 1ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺻﺭﻑ. • ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﺣﺹ. • ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ،ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ. )ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ( • ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﻫﻭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ،ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ. ﻫﻭﺍء 270ﻣﻡ ﻫﻭﺍء Ar-3 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:03 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:3 .4.3.3ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺏ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ) ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺧﻁﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ ،ﺍﺟﻌﻝ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺳﻘﺔ. ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﺑﻌًﺎ ﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ. ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ( ﻣﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺩﻳﺭ ) 4 ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ(. )ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ 550 :ﻣﻡ ,ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ 410 :ﻣﻡ( ﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻡ ﻭﺛﺑﺗﻬﺎ. ﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ M10 )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ) Aﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﻓﻠﻛﺔ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ) Bﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( • ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ،ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﺝ. ﺧﻁﺎﻑ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻕ )ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ. ) (1ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﻣﻝ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ 9.81ﺇﻟﻰ 14.71ﻧﻳﻭﺗﻥ ﻣﺗﺭ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺛﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻣﺎﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ Aﻭ .B .2.3.3ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻭﺍء ) (2ﻗﻡ ﺑﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﻗﻁﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺗﺻﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﺳﺗﻭﺍء ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ )ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﻭﻳﺳﺎﺭ(. . ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺷﻕ )ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ( ﺷﻕ ﻫﻭﺍء ﻫﻭﺍء ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ. 0ﺇﻟﻰ 5ﻣﻡ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺻﺭﻑ ﺷﻕ ﺷﻕ ) (3ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻣﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻥ. • ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻧﺷﺔ ﺧﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺩﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻳﻭﻝ ﻁﻔﻳﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ .ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻝ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ 0ﺇﻟﻰ 5ﻣﻡ. .3.3.3ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ. 1,015ﻣﻡ 240ﻣﻡ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﻧﺷﺔ .ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ,ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء 1 2ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ) .ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ﻫﻭ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻑ(. 2 1 ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺳﻳﻧﺗﺷﺭ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻭﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩًﺍ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻭﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺣﺏ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩًﺍ. Ar-4 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:02 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:4 .4ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻥ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻓﺫ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ .ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ. ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺳﺣﺏ ،ﺗﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻠﻑ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻠﻧﺷﺔ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺳﺣﺏ(. ﺗﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﺭﻳﺑﺔ )ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ .R410A ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ،ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺳﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻷﺟﻝ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء .ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ. ﻋﻧﺩ ﻟﺣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻔﺦ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﺗﺭﻭﺟﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ ﻋﺑﺭﻫﺎ. ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ .1.4ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( )ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ( ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﻫﻭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء .ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﻫﻭﺍء ،ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻼﻧﺳﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﻘﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺅﻩ. .5.3.3 ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺁﺧﺭ. ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﻭﺍﻧﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻧﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ،ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺳﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء. ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻧﺣﺎﺱ ﻋﺩﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺗﺣﺎﻡ. ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺩﺓ :ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻧﺣﺎﺱ ﻋﺩﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺗﺣﺎﻡ ﻣﺧﺗﺯﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺳﻔﻭﺭ ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ 40ﻣﺟﻡ 10/ﻣﺗﺭ. ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻧﺣﺎﺱ ﺗﻌﺭﺿﺕ ﻟﻠﺗﻠﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺃﺟﺯﺍﺋﻬﺎ )ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ( .ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺻﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﻱ ﻟﻼﻧﺳﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﻭﺛﺎﺕ. ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻲ )ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ( ) (1ﻋﻧﺩ ﺳﺣﺏ ﻫﻭﺍء ﻧﻘﻲ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﻣﻝ ﺷﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻣﺎﺷﺔ. ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء .ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺗﻛﻳﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ R410Aﻳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻱ ) ،(R22ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ. • ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺳﻣﺎﻛﺔ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ R410Aﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ. • ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻧﺣﺎﺱ ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﻕ. ﺳﻣﺎﻛﺔ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺩﻧﺔ )(R410A ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ]ﻣﻡ )ﺑﻭﺻﺔ([ (1/4) 6.35 ﺷﻕ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻛﺔ ]ﻣﻡ[ 0.80 (3/8) 9.52 0.80 (1/2) 12.70 (5/8) 15.88 (3/4) 19.05 0.80 1.00 1.20 ﺷﻕ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺩﻳﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﺑﻳﻧﺔ )ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺣﺩﻳﺩﻳﺔ( .2.4ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻳﻧﺔ )ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺩﻱ( ,ﺗﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺔ )ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ(. ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻳﻧﺔ )ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺩﻱ( ,ﺗﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺟﺭﺡ ﻧﻔﺳﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻭﺍﺋﺏ ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻩ. ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺻﻑ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ. • ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﻣﺎء. ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ) (2ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻧﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺩﻳﺭﺓ )ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻲ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ .ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ. ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ 120ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ )ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺳﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ( ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ,% 70ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻊ 70ﺇﻟﻰ ,% 80ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺳُﻣﻙ 15ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﺗﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ,% 80ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺳُﻣﻙ 20ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺳُﻣﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ،ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺗﻛﺛﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ .ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ 0.045ﻭﺍﺕ)/ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻳﻠﻔﻥ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ )ﻋﻧﺩ 20ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ(. .3.4ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ )ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ( ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺍﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻣﺎﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻠﺟﺔ ﺑﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ .ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻧﻛﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻣﺎﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻠﺟﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ،ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺧﻁﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻬﺏ. ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﻣﺳﺗﺩﻳﺭ ) (3ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻧﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺩﻳﺭﺓ. ) (4ﺃﺣﻛﻡ ﺳﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻓﻳﻧﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻠﺔ. ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ Ar-5 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:02 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:5 .1.3.4ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺍﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﻣﻔﺗﺎﺣﻳﻥ .2 • ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ .R410A ) (1ﺍﻗﻁﻊ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ. ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ) (2ﺃﻣﺳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﻗﺻﺎﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻭﺍﺋﺏ. ) (3ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻠﺟﺔ )ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻠﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻲ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ .ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ .R410A ﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻣﺎﻭﻳﻝ ﻣﻔﻠﺟﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ. ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﻠﺟﺔ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺭﺑﻁ ) (4ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺭﺻﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺻﻘﻬﺎ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﺭﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ. ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ )ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﻡ( ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻓﺣﺹ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ] [Lﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﺳﻕ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻛﺳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﺵ. B ﻗﺎﻟﺏ A L ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ]ﻣﻡ )ﺑﻭﺻﺔ([ (1/4) 6.35 (3/8) 9.52 (1/2) 12.70 (5/8) 15.88 (3/4) 19.05 ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑُﻌﺩ ] Aﻣﻡ[ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﻟـ ،R410A ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ] B-00.4ﻣﻡ[ 0ﺇﻟﻰ 0.5 9.1 13.2 16.6 19.7 24.0 ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ ) (R22ﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ،R410Aﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ Aﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ 0.5ﻣﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ )ﻟﻠﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ (R410Aﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ .ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺳﻣﺎﻛﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺑُﻌﺩ .A ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ .R410A ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻁﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ]ﻣﻡ )ﺑﻭﺻﺔ([ (1/4) 6.35 (3/8) 9.52 (1/2) 12.70 (5/8) 15.88 (3/4) 19.05 ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻣﺳﻁﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻠﺟﺔ ]ﻣﻡ[ 17 22 26 29 36 .2.3.4ﺛﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ • • • • ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺷﻛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻳﺩ ،ﺗﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ. ﻻ ﺗﺛﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺑﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ 90ﺩﺭﺟﺔ. ﻋﻧﺩ ﺛﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ ،ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺑﺔ ،ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻌﺏ ﺛﻧﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ. ﻻ ﺗﺛﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺗﻣﺩﻫﺎ ﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ 3ﻣﺭﺍﺕ. ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻟﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ،ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺛﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ. ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﻠﺟﺔ ]ﻣﻡ )ﺑﻭﺻﺔ([ (1/4) 6.35ﻗﻁﺭ (3/8) 9.52ﻗﻁﺭ (1/2) 12.70ﻗﻁﺭ (5/8) 15.88ﻗﻁﺭ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ]ﻧﻳﻭﺗﻥ ﻣﺗﺭ )ﻛﺟﻡ ﻗﻭﺓ·ﺳﻡ([ 16ﺇﻟﻰ 160) 18ﺇﻟﻰ (180 32ﺇﻟﻰ 320) 42ﺇﻟﻰ (420 49ﺇﻟﻰ 490) 61ﺇﻟﻰ (610 63ﺇﻟﻰ 630) 75ﺇﻟﻰ (750 (3/4) 19.05ﻗﻁﺭ 90ﺇﻟﻰ 900) 110ﺇﻟﻰ (1,100 .4.4ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ • ﺍﻋﺯﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ )ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ. • ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﻠﻑ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻓﻳﻧﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺟﻭﺓ. • ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ 2ﺍﺛﻧﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ )ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ( ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺯﻝ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺗﻁﻭﻕ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ. ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ )ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺑﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ. ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ )ﻛﺑﻳﺭ( )ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﺣﺹ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ( ,ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ( ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ( .ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺛﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ،ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻧﻛﺳﺭ. .3.3.4ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻳﺩ ،ﺃﻣﺳﻙ ﻗﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﻡ ﺑﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ،ﺛﻡ ﺃﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺭﺑﻁ) .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ(. ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ،ﻓﻼ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺳﻠﺱ .ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻭﺓ ،ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻧﻳﻧﺎﺕ. .5ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﻠﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﺑﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻳﻧﻳﻝ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻼﺻﻕ )ﻛﻠﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﺑﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻳﻧﻳﻝ( ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ. ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ. ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺻﺭﻑ ﻳﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺻﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ. • ﻻ ﺗﻧﻔﺫ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺗﺑﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻔﺫ ﻫﻭﺍﺋﻲ. ﺃﻣﺳﻙ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﺑﺿﻪ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ،ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺻﺎﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﻠﻳﺞ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ. • ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻧﺣﺩﺍﺭ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ) 1/100ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ(. • ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ. • ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ،ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺟﻣﺩ. • ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ. Ar-6 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:02 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:6 )ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ( 240ﻣﻡ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻕ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﺟﺎﻧﺏ PVCﺍﻟﺻﻠﺏ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺻﺭﻑ )(VP25 )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( 4ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻠﻑ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ. 114ﻣﻡ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ 32ﻣﻡ 66ﻣﻡ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ )ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻭﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ )ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ( ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺻﺭﻑ 100ﻣﻡ 240ﻣﻡ ﻣﻧﻅﺭ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ. ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ. 32ﻣﻡ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺻﺭﻑ ﻛﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ. ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ,1ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺳﻠﺱ ﺃﻡ ﻻ. ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ 32ﻣﻡ )(VP25 ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﺍﻧﺣﺩﺍﺭ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ 2.5 ﺇﻟﻰ 5.0ﻣﻡ • ﻋﻧﺩ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ،ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ )ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ(. • ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ،ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺻﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ. ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ )ﻛﺑﻳﺭ( )ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭ • ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﺑﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ. ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ )ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ )ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﺟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﻳﺩ ﺟﻳﺩ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺻﺭﻑ ﺗﺩﻓﻕ ﻫﻭﺍء ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫ 1.5ﺇﻟﻰ 2.0ﻣﻡ 0ﻣﻡ ﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻧﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺣﺗﺑﺎﺱ (1ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺳﻡ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﻳﺔ .ﺛﺑﺕ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ. (2ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻻﺻﻘﺔ ﻓﻳﻧﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻕ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ )ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ PVCﻁﺭﺍﺯ (VP25ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺄﺧﺫ. )ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻭﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ( ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﺑﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﻛﺑﻝ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ،ﺃﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎ ٍ ﻑ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ،ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﺳﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ. (3ﺍﻓﺣﺹ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ. (4ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ. (5ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﻭﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺳﻡ. ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ )ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﺟﺎﻧﺏ PVCﺍﻟﻣﺭﻥ ﻭﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ ﺧﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﺻﺭﻑ )ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( 10ﺇﻟﻰ 15ﻣﻡ Ar-7 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:02 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:7 .6ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ 6 .1.6ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻭﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺑﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ .ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. ﻗﺑﻝ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ،ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺟﺭﻱ ﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ. ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻭﻑ ،ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ،ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻐﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ. ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ 230ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ 198ﺇﻟﻰ 264ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ) 50ﻫﺭﺗﺯ( 198ﺇﻟﻰ 253ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ) 60ﻫﺭﺗﺯ( • ﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻭﺣﺟﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻁﻧﻳﺔ. • ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﻔﻕ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻔﺭﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻲ. • ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺳﻠﻙ :ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ .2%ﻗﻡ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ. ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ .ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ. ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ .ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ .ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻋﺎﺑﺭﺓ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﻣﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻭﻁ Aﻭ Bﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ. .Aﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ MCA ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺃﻛﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻷﺟﻝ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ .ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻗﺻﺭ. ARXA24GBLH 1.00 ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻣﻧﺔ ﻭﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻ ﱢﻧﻊ .ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. ARXA30GBLH 1.12 ARXA36GBLH 1.68 ARXA45GBLH 2.12 ﻻ ﺗﻌﺩﻝ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ .ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ .(RBﻗﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻁﺋﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻼﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺣﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ .ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺎﺳﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ. ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ،ﺳﻭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ،ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺷﺑﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ) .ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺩﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ،ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ(. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺩﻙ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻛﻳﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺑﻲ. 20ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ :MCAﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ :MFAﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺑﻳﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻋﺎﺑﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ ،ﺍﺣﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟـ MCAﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ RBﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ 15ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ .ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ MCAﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ،RBﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ .RB ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ RBﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ ،ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻭﺍﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺑﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ. .Bﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ .ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ .ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. ﻗﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ )ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ(. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ )ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ( ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ. MFA ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ * ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ "ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ" ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ +ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ "RBﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ 30ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ 0.1 ,ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ 44ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ 45ﺇﻟﻰ ** 148 100ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ 0.1 ,ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ * ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ :ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ,ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ :ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ .RB ** ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ 100ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ ،ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ 44ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ 30ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ .ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ. .1.1.6ﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻑ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻ ﱢﻧﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻛﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺅﻫﻠﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺭ. ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ )ﻣﻡ(2 ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ )ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ(. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ )ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ( ﺑﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺿﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ )ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ( ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻑ. ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ )ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ( ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ. ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ 2.5 ﻧﻭﻉ IEC57 60245ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ. 2ﻛﺑﻝ +ﺃﺭﺿﻲ )ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ( ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﺭﺑﻁ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻌًﺎ. ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺑﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ 50ﻣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ. ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺭﺑﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﻣﻌًﺎ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻭء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻁﻝ. ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ 0.33 ﻛﺑﻝ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ LONWORKS ﺳﻠﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ 22ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻲ )(AWG ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ (NEMA) 4ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻗﻁﺑﻲ ،ﻭﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻣﺻﻣﺕ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ ﺑﻘﻁﺭ 0.65ﻣﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ,ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻛﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ .ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: ﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )ﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﻠﻙ( 0.33ﺇﻟﻰ 1.25 ﻛﺑﻝ PVCﻣﻐﻠﻑ* ﻛﺑﻝ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ ،ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻗﻁﺑﻲ • ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺃﺭﺿﻳﺔ )ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ( ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ. ﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )ﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ( 0.33 ﻛﺑﻝ PVCﻣﻐﻠﻑ* ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺏ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺄﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ،ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ. • ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ )ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ(. * :ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﻣﻐﻠﻑ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. • ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ 10ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺎﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﻡ. • ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻟﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ. Ar-8 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:02 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:8 ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ .2.6ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻣﺻﻣﺕ ،ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺣﻠﻘﻲ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻣﺻﻣﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺣﻠﻘﻲ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻠﻑ ﻭﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻛﺑﻼﺕ. ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ 1* RB .Bﻟﻸﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ) (1ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺣﻠﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ. ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ) (2ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﺷﻳﻕ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﻣﻔﻛﻭﻛﺔ. ) (3ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ،ﺛﻡ ﺛﺑﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ. ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ *2 *3 ) (4ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻔﻙ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ. ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ *3 *2 *3 ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻔﻙ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ،ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻠﻑ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻏﻲ ﻭﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ. ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ) (5ﻻ ﺗﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻔﺭﻁ ،ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﻛﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻏﻲ. * 2ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ) (6ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻏﻲ. ) (7ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ 2ﻛﺑﻠﻲ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻏﻲ 1ﻭﺍﺣﺩ. ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ( ُﻛﻡ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ * :1ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ .RB * :2ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ )ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ( ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ )ﺃﺭﺿﻲ(. * :3ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ،ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ .Y3 )ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻋﺎﺑﺭﺓ ﻹﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ( ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻧﺯﻉ 10ﻣﻡ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ( ﻁﺭﻑ ﺣﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺑﺭﻏﻲ ﺑﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺣﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﺭﻏﻲ ﺑﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺣﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺳﺣﺏ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺣﻠﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ،ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﺩ ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻣﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ. ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﺭﻏﻲ M4 )ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ (L, N, GND/ * ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ )ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ( ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ )ﺃﺭﺿﻲ(. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ )ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ( ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ )ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ. 1.2ﺇﻟﻰ 1.8ﻧﻳﻭﺗﻥ ﻣﺗﺭ ) 12ﺇﻟﻰ 18ﻛﺟﻡ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺳﻡ( .2.3.6ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ .3.6ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ 25ﻣﻡ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ. .1.3.6ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ. ﻛﺑﻝ ﻣﻐﻠﻑ )ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﺎﻗﺔ( 35ﻣﻡ 25ﻣﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ )ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ( ﻟﻠﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻟﻠﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ 25ﻣﻡ 25ﻣﻡ 30ﻣﻡ .Aﻟﻸﺳﻼﻙ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻣﺻﻣﺕ ) (1ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻁﻳﺔ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ. ) (2ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ،ﺛﻡ ﺛﺑﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ. • ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻭﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ .Fig. A ) (3ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻔﻙ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ. Fig. A ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻔﻙ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ،ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻠﻑ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻏﻲ ﻭﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ. ﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭ ) (4ﻻ ﺗﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻔﺭﻁ ،ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﻛﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻏﻲ. ﺟﻳﺩ ) (5ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻏﻲ. ) (6ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ 2ﻛﺑﻠﻲ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻏﻲ 1ﻭﺍﺣﺩ. ﻧﺯﻉ 25ﻣﻡ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ 1ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺑﺭﻏﻲ ﺑﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺭﻏﻲ ﺑﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ )ﺣﻠﻘﺔ( ﻗﻁﺭ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ،ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﺩ ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻣﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ. ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ )ﺣﻠﻘﺔ( ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ Ar-9 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:02 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:9 ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ 0.5ﺇﻟﻰ 0.6ﻧﻳﻭﺗﻥ ﻣﺗﺭ ) 5ﺇﻟﻰ 6ﻛﺟﻡ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺳﻡ( ﺑﺭﻏﻲ ) M3ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ (X1, X2/ )ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ (Y1, Y2, Y3/ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻟﺗﻘﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ. ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﺭﻏﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻁ ﻟﻠﺑﺭﻏﻲ .ﻣﻥ ﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ،ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻏﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻭﻁ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻁﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ،ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ. .4.6ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ) (1ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻛﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ. ﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﻠﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ )(SW1 ﻟﻠﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ :Y1ﻏﻳﺭ ﻗﻁﺑﻲ :Y2ﻏﻳﺭ ﻗﻁﺑﻲ :Y3ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ*1 :Y1ﺃﺣﻣﺭ :Y2ﺃﺑﻳﺽ :Y3ﺃﺳﻭﺩ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ )(SW1 2WIRE )ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ( 3WIRE * :1ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ،Y3ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻟﻥ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ. ﻏﻁﺎء ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﺭﻏﻲ ) (2ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻭﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻙ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ. ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻩ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ، ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ )ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ( )ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( :X1، X2 ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ :Y1،Y2،Y3 ﻛﺑﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ :L, Nﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ )ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ( ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ )ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ( )ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ( ﻣﺷﺑﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ ) ,(SW1ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ .ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻠﻑ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ. Ar-10 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:01 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:10 .5.6ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ )ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ( ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ )(CNA03 )(CNA01 ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ )(CNA02 )(CNA04 ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ )(SET 2 CNA01 • • • • • ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ CNA01 ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ CNA01 ● ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ )]([CNA02]، [CNA04 ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ )].([CNA02]، [CNA04 ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ) (1ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ • ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ 1 ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ )(CNB01 ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ 2 ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ 12ﺇﻟﻰ 24ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ/ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ ،ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺇﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ CNA01ﺃﻭ CNA02ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ/ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ" ﺃﻭ "ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ" ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ" ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﺟﺑﺎﺭﻳًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻣﻭﺳﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ CNA03ﺃﻭ CNA04ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ. ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ )ﻣﻘﺎﺱ .(AWG22ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﺑﻝ 150ﻣﺗﺭ. ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ،ﺗﺑﻌًﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ. ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ. CNA02 *d *c ﻗﻧﺎﺓ 2 ﺃﺭﺿﻲ *c ﻗﻧﺎﺓ 1 *c ﻗﻧﺎﺓ 3 CNA04 ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ * cﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻼﻣﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺗﻳﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿًﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ 12ﻓﻭﻟﺕ 1ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ(. * dﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ .ﻛﻥ ﺣﺫﺭً ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﻭﺹ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ. ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺗﺑﻌًﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ) .ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ(. ● ﻁﺭﻑ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ )]([CNA01]، [CNA03 ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ )]CNA01]، .([[CNA03 ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ CNA01 *a ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ 1 ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ * 1ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ 12ﺇﻟﻰ 24ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺄﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﻌﺯﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺭﺣﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ ،ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ. K1 K4 CNA02 ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ 2 *a CNA02 ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ 3 CNA03 ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ *a ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ ،ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ. K2 K5 ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ * 1ﺍﺟﻌﻝ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ 12ﺇﻟﻰ 24ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ .ﺣﺩﺩ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺎﺋﺽ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ. ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺩًﺍ ﻳﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ 24ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ 2-1ﻭ.3-1 * aﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻭ 5ﺇﻟﻰ 10ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ) .ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ 5 :ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ( ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ 10ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ. ﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻼﻣﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺗﻳﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿًﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ 12ﻓﻭﻟﺕ 1ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ(. * bﺍﻟﻘﻁﺑﻳﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ] [+ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﺭ 1ﻭ ] [-ﻟﻠﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ 2ﻭ .3ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ. ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺣﻝ *b ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ K3 K6 ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ 1 CNA02 ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ 2 K1ﺇﻟﻰ :K6ﻣﺭﺣﻝ )ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ( ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻌﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ،ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻁﻝ. ﺳﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺣﺯ ● ﻧﻭﻉ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ. ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ. ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ ]ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ [SW2 2 ﻧﺑﺽ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺽ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ 200ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ. ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ( ﺣﺯ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻧﺑﺽ ● ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ/ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ". ]ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ "ﺣﺯ"[ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ← ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ← ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ 1ﻟـ CNA01ﺃﻭ CNA02 Ar-11 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:01 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:11 ● ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺑﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ]ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ "ﻧﺑﺽ"[ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ1 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ← ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ 2 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ← ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ 1 CNA01ﺃﻭ CNA02 ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ 2 CNB 01 * ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻭﻳﺔ. * ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ. ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ 3 ● ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ". ﻣﺭﺣﻝ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻩ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ]ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ "ﺣﺯ"[ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ← ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ← ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ 1ﻟـ CNA01ﺃﻭ CNA02 ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ 1 ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ 2-1 ]ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ "ﻧﺑﺽ"[ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ1 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ← ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ 2 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ← ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ 2 ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ 3-1 CNB01 CNA01ﺃﻭ CNA02 ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ 3 ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ 4-1 ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ 0ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ 12ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ 0ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ 12ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺧﻁﺄ 0ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺭﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ 12ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺭﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ * ﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ. ) (3ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ● ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ". • ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ ﺑﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻁﻘﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻩ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ .ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻏﻠﻳﻅ ﻣﻌﺯﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻌﺩ ﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﻘﻡ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺣﺎﻡ. ]ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ "ﺣﺯ"[ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ← ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ← ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﺎﻡ :ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ. ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ 1ﻟـ CNA01ﺃﻭ CNA02 ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ]ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ "ﻧﺑﺽ"[ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻩ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ1 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ← ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ 2 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ← ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻠﺣﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ. CNA01ﺃﻭ CNA02 • ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻭﺗﺭﺗﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ * ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ ،ﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﻳﻳﺩ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ "ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ/ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ" ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. * ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺷﻛﻳﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻛﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ. ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ،ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ ﻷﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ. ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ,ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ. ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ • ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﺳﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ • ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ/ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ" ﺃﻭ "ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ" ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ" ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ. ● ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻣﻭﺳﺗﺎﺕ ]ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ "ﺣﺯ" ﻓﻘﻁ[ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ← ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻣﻭﺳﺗﺎﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ← ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ 3ﻟـ CNA03ﺃﻭ CNA04 ) (2ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ • • • • ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ )ﻣﻘﺎﺱ .(22AWGﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﺑﻝ 25ﻣﺗﺭ. ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ،ﺗﺑﻌًﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ. ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ :ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻊ ±2 12ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ،ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ 0ﻓﻭﻝ. ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻪ 50 :ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ● ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻩ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻙ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ CNB 01 ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺭﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ Ar-12 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:01 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:12 .6.6ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ( • ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ،ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ .7.6ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ) RIﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ( • ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ،ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ .IR ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ • ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ • ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )(CN8 ﻁﺭﻑ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ (CN18)IR • ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ • ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻙ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻩ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ* )ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ( ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻙ • ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﻟﻪ ﺑﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ(. • ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ. • ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ. ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ. • ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ":"30 ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ") ."00ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ( • ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ":"31 ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ "."02 * ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " .4.7ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ" ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ. Ar-13 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:01 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:13 .1.7ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ .8.6ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ )ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ( • ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ،ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ. ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻳﺔ • ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ،ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ. ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ • ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻔﻙ ﻣﻌﺯﻭﻝ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ. ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ"0" : ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ"0" : ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ )(CNA05 ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ 2 0ﺇﻟﻰ 63 ﻁﺭﻑ ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ )(CN106 IU AD × 1 IU AD × 10 • ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ 63 0ﺇﻟﻰ 99 REF AD × 1 REF AD × 10 ) (1ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ )...(IU AD × 1ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ""0 ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ )...(IU AD × 10ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ""0 ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ 1ﻭﺣﺩ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ IU AD SWﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ .A Table ) (2ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ )...(REF AD × 1ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ""0 ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ )...(REF AD × 10ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ""0 ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ REF AD SWﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ A Tableﻟﻛﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ. • ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ،ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. • ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ "."00 )ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ(. A Table ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ* ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺷﺑﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ* )ﺍﺭﺑﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ(. ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻙ *ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺭﻑ .7ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ REF AD SW × 10 ×1 ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ IU AD SW × 10 ×1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 2 2 0 2 3 0 3 3 0 3 4 0 4 4 0 4 5 0 5 5 0 5 ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ. 6 0 6 6 0 6 ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﻛﻝ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ) (1ﺇﻟﻰ ) (3ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ. ) (1ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ....... IU AD, REF AD SWﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ) .1.7ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ( 7 0 7 7 0 7 ﺛﻣﺔ 3ﻁﺭﻕ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ. ) (2ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ .................ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ) .ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ IU AD, REF AD SWﻋﻠﻰ (0 8 0 8 8 0 8 9 0 9 9 0 9 ) (3ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ .......................ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ. )ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ IU AD, REF AD SWﻋﻠﻰ (0 ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ • ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ. 10 1 0 10 1 0 11 1 1 11 1 1 12 1 2 12 1 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 9 9 63 6 3 ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ) (IU AD SWﻋﻠﻰ 64ﺇﻟﻰ .99 ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻁﻝ. Ar-14 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:00 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:14 ) (3ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ .3.7ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ (iﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ )...(RC AD SWﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ""0 ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑـ 1ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ RC AD SWﺿﻣﻥ ﺗﺳﻠﺳﻝ ﻣﻥ .0 ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ،ﻋﻧﺩﺋﺫ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ. ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻠﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ. ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ. • ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ. )ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ( • ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ. ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ 0 0ﺇﻟﻰ 15 RC AD ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ 4ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ. ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ RC AD SW 3 ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ RC AD SW 2 ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ RC AD SW 0 RC AD SW 1 ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ 26 RC AD SW 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ 00 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 00 01 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 01 02 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 02 03 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 03 04 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 04 05 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 05 06 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 06 07 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 07 08 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 08 09 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 09 10 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 10 RC AD SW 8 9 A B C D E F 11 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 11 ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 12 13 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 13 14 ﻭﺿﻊ SP 14 31 ﻭﺿﻊ SPﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ )ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ( (iiﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ )...(RC AD SWﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ""0 ﻧﻅﺭً ﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ،ﻓﻼ ﻳﻠﺯﻣﻙ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻧﻬﺎ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻱ ،ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ،ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. * ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺣﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ. * ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ AR45ﻋﻠﻰ " 12ﺇﻟﻰ ,"14ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ") 11ﻭﺿﻊ ."(SP 11 .2.7ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ * ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ AR36ﻋﻠﻰ " 13ﺇﻟﻰ ,"14ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ") 12ﻭﺿﻊ ."(SP 12 ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻁ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ. * ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ " "31ﻭﺿﻊ SPﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ )ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ( ,ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ 40ﺑﺎﺳﻛﺎﻝ ) (AR24ﻭ 50 ﺑﺎﺳﻛﺎﻝ ) AR30ﻭ (AR36ﻭ 60ﺑﺎﺳﻛﺎﻝ ).(AR45 )ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺣﺗﻰ 4ﺭﻣﻭﺯ(. ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ D D B C B C ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﺱ A ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ A ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻣﺯ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ SET 3 SW1ﻭ SW2ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ .Table B ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ ""SET3 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ SW SW SW SW 1 2 3 4 B Table ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ ) Aﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ( B C D ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ SET3 SW1 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ SET3 SW2 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ Ar-15 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:00 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:15 .8ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻱ .4.7ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ • ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ. .1.8ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ )ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ( )ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ( • ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ. • ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻱ. • ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " .1.7ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ" ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ. .2.8ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ • ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺑﺩء ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ. * ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ،EEVﻟﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ • ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ. • ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﺗﻛﻳﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ،ﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ ﻣﺅﺷﺭﺍﺕ ) OPERATIONﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ( ﻭ) TIMERﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ( ﺑﺑﻁء ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ. * ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺃﻓﺣﺹ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻛﺎﺏ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ. ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ،ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ "ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ "IRﺃﻭ "ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ". ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ. ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ .9ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺣﺹ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻓﺎﺻﻝ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ 11 ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ 13 ﺍﻁﻼﻕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺩ 30 ﺍﻁﻼﻕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ 31 ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ 40 ﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺩ 43 ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ 46 ﻫﺩﻑ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ 47 ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻣﻭﺳﺗﺎﺕ. 49 ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ 00 ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ 01 ﻁﻭﻳﻝ 02 ﻗﺻﻳﺭ 00 ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ 01 ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ 02 ﻋﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ 00 ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ 01 ﺿﺑﻁ )(1 02 ﺿﺑﻁ )(2 00 ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ 01 ﺿﺑﻁ )(1 02 ﺿﺑﻁ )(2 03 ﺿﺑﻁ )(3 00 ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ 01 ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ 00 ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ 01 ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ 00 ﺑﺩء/ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ 01 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ 02 ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ 00 ﺍﻟﻛﻝ 01 ﻋﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ 00 ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ 01 ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ○ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﺧﻁﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻝ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﻁﺎﺭ ﻣﺑﻛﺭً ﺍ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ .01ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﻁﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﺄﺧﺭً ﺍ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ .02 ○ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ .ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ 02 ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳﺔ. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ )ﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭ( 60 00 ○ )ﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭ( 61 00 ○ )ﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭ( 62 00 ○ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺩ. ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ .01ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ .02 ﺿﺑﻁ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ. ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ 6ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ .01ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ 4ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ .02ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ، ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ .03 ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﻭﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺣﺹ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ )ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ( ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ .ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺣﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ. ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺣﺹ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻫﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ? ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ،ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺿﺎء، ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺳﻘﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻫﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻓﺣﺹ ﻟﺗﺳﺭﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ(? ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ،ﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ﻫﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ؟ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻫﻝ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ؟ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻫﻝ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﺻﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ؟ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﻫﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺟﻣﻳﻌًﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ؟ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ )ﻣﺅﺭﺿﺔ(? ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻗﺻﺭ ﻫﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻣﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ? ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺋﻕ؟ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ،ﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ﻫﻝ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻛﻳﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ? ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ،ﻫﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻳﻝ؟ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ. ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻌﻝ ﺗﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ. ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻬﻭﻳﺔ ,ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ .01 ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﺡ ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﺑﺑﺩء ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ،ﺃﻭ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ. * ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ،ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ. * ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺑﺎﺭﻱ ،ﺳﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ،ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﻳﻳﺩ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء .ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ، ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ. ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ,01ﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻣﻭﺳﺗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ .ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ( ﻭﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻣﻭﺳﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ. Ar-16 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:00 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:16 ﻋﺭﺽ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ .10ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺳﻠﻛﻲ ،ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺷﻑ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻣﻳﺽ. ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻧﻣﺎﻁ ﻭﻣﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ. ﻣﺅﺷﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ OPERATION )ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ( )ﺃﺧﺿﺭ( ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ TIMER )ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ( )ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ( ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ FILTER )ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ( )ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ( ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ) UTY-RNK* / UTY-RNKYTﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ( ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ *) UTY-RNR*Zﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ( )(1 )(2 ﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ )(1 )(4 ﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ )(1 )(6 ﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ )(2 )(6 ﺧﻁﺄ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ )(2 )(9 ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ )(3 )(1 ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ )(3 )(2 ﺧﻁﺄ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ )(3 )(10 ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ )ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ( )(4 )(1 ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺭﻣﻭﺳﺗﺎﺕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ )(4 )(2 ﺧﻁﺄ ﺗﺭﻣﻭﺳﺗﺎﺕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ )(5 )(1 ﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻣﺭﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ 1 )(5 )(2 ﺧﻁﺄ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ )ﺻﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺳﻌﺔ( )(5 )(3 ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ )(9 )(15 ﺧﻁﺄ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ )(13 )(1 ﺧﻁﺄ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ RB ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]) [Next Pageﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ( )ﺃﻭ ][previous page )ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ( ﻟﻠﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ. ﺃﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]) [Error Informationﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ(. ﺍﻟﻣﺱ ]) [Statusﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ(. ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻗﻣﻳﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ. ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. *) UTY-RLRﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ( ﺃﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ. ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ،ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ "ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ "IRﺃﻭ "ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ". 0.5 :ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ 0.5 /ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ 0.1 :ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ 0.1 /ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ) ( :ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻣﻳﺽ Ar-17 1/9/2017 PM 2:16:00 9373385202-02_IM_AR.indd Sec1:17 ">
/
Download
Just a friendly reminder. You can view the document right here. But most importantly, our AI has already read it. It can explain complex things in simple terms, answer your questions in any language, and help you quickly navigate even the longest or most compilcated documents.
Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated. You may view and manage your chat links after registration here.
Document public link
Advertisement